Mercurial > cpython-lru_cache-weakref
annotate Doc/lib/liboptparse.tex @ 28646:193b8aec00ce legacy-trunk
Changes from Jonathan Riehl to allow his pgen extension (PEP 269) to
work. This includes some more code that used to be part of pgen in
the main parser; I'm okay with that. I'll see if the Windows build
needs work next.
| author | Guido van Rossum <guido@python.org> |
|---|---|
| date | Thu, 17 Apr 2003 14:55:42 +0000 |
| parents | a2f17f4a6a22 |
| children | 1556a38d5278 |
| rev | line source |
|---|---|
|
27116
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1 \section{\module{optparse} --- |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2 Powerful parser for command line options.} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
4 \declaremodule{standard}{optparse} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
5 \moduleauthor{Greg Ward}{gward@python.net} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
6 \sectionauthor{Johannes Gijsbers}{jlgijsbers@users.sf.net} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
7 \sectionauthor{Greg Ward}{gward@python.net} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
8 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
9 \modulesynopsis{Powerful, flexible, extensible, easy-to-use command-line |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
10 parsing library.} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
11 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
12 \versionadded{2.3} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
13 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
14 The \module{optparse} module is a powerful, flexible, extensible, |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
15 easy-to-use command-line parsing library for Python. Using |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
16 \module{optparse}, you can add intelligent, sophisticated handling of |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
17 command-line options to your scripts with very little overhead. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
18 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
19 Here's an example of using \module{optparse} to add some command-line |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
20 options to a simple script: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
21 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
22 \begin{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
23 from optparse import OptionParser |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
24 [...] |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
25 parser = OptionParser() |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
26 parser.add_option("-f", "--file", dest="filename", |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
27 help="write report to FILE", metavar="FILE") |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
28 parser.add_option("-q", "--quiet", |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
29 action="store_false", dest="verbose", default=1, |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
30 help="don't print status messages to stdout") |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
31 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
32 (options, args) = parser.parse_args() |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
33 \end{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
34 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
35 With these few lines of code, users of your script can now do the |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
36 "usual thing" on the command-line: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
37 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
38 \begin{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
39 $ <yourscript> -f outfile --quiet |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
40 $ <yourscript> -qfoutfile |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
41 $ <yourscript> --file=outfile -q |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
42 $ <yourscript> --quiet --file outfile |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
43 \end{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
44 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
45 (All of these result in \code{options.filename == "outfile"} and |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
46 \code{options.verbose == 0} ...just as you might expect.) |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
47 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
48 Even niftier, users can run one of |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
49 \begin{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
50 $ <yourscript> -h |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
51 $ <yourscript> --help |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
52 \end{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
53 and \module{optparse} will print out a brief summary of your script's |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
54 options: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
55 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
56 \begin{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
57 usage: <yourscript> [options] |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
58 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
59 options: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
60 -h, --help show this help message and exit |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
61 -fFILE, --file=FILE write report to FILE |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
62 -q, --quiet don't print status messages to stdout |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
63 \end{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
64 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
65 That's just a taste of the flexibility \module{optparse} gives you in |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
66 parsing your command-line. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
67 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
68 \subsection{The Tao of Option Parsing\label{optparse-tao}} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
69 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
70 \module{optparse} is an implementation of what I have always |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
71 considered the most obvious, straightforward, and user-friendly way to |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
72 design a user interface for command-line programs. In short, I have |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
73 fairly firm ideas of the Right Way (and the many Wrong Ways) to do |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
74 argument parsing, and \module{optparse} reflects many of those ideas. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
75 This section is meant to explain this philosophy, which in turn is |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
76 heavily influenced by the Unix and GNU toolkits. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
77 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
78 \subsubsection{Terminology\label{optparse-terminology}} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
79 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
80 First, we need to establish some terminology. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
81 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
82 \begin{definitions} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
83 \term{argument} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
84 a chunk of text that a user enters on the command-line, and that the |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
85 shell passes to \cfunction{execl()} or \cfunction{execv()}. In |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
86 Python, arguments are elements of |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
87 \var{sys.argv[1:]}. (\var{sys.argv[0]} is the name of the program |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
88 being executed; in the context of parsing arguments, it's not very |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
89 important.) Unix shells also use the term ``word''. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
90 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
91 It's occasionally desirable to substitute an argument list other |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
92 than \var{sys.argv[1:]}, so you should read ``argument'' as ``an element of |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
93 \var{sys.argv[1:]}, or of some other list provided as a substitute for |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
94 \var{sys.argv[1:]}''. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
95 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
96 \term{option} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
97 an argument used to supply extra information to guide or customize |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
98 the execution of a program. There are many different syntaxes for |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
99 options; the traditional Unix syntax is \programopt{-} followed by a |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
100 single letter, e.g. \programopt{-x} or \programopt{-F}. Also, |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
101 traditional Unix syntax allows multiple options to be merged into a |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
102 single argument, e.g. \programopt{-x -F} is equivalent to |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
103 \programopt{-xF}. The GNU project introduced \longprogramopt{} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
104 followed by a series of hyphen-separated words, |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
105 e.g. \longprogramopt{file} or \longprogramopt{dry-run}. These are |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
106 the only two option syntaxes provided by \module{optparse}. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
107 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
108 Some other option syntaxes that the world has seen include: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
109 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
110 \begin{itemize} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
111 \item a hyphen followed by a few letters, e.g. \programopt{-pf} (this is |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
112 *not* the same as multiple options merged into a single |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
113 argument.) |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
114 \item a hyphen followed by a whole word, e.g. \programopt{-file} (this is |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
115 technically equivalent to the previous syntax, but they aren't |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
116 usually seen in the same program.) |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
117 \item a plus sign followed by a single letter, or a few letters, |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
118 or a word, e.g. \programopt{+f}, \programopt{+rgb}. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
119 \item a slash followed by a letter, or a few letters, or a word, e.g. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
120 \programopt{/f}, \programopt{/file}. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
121 \end{itemize} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
122 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
123 These option syntaxes are not supported by \module{optparse}, and they |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
124 never will be. (If you really want to use one of those option |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
125 syntaxes, you'll have to subclass OptionParser and override all the |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
126 difficult bits. But please don't! \module{optparse} does things the |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
127 traditional Unix/GNU way deliberately; the first three are |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
128 non-standard anywhere, and the last one makes sense only if you're |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
129 exclusively targeting MS-DOS/Windows and/or VMS.) |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
130 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
131 \term{option argument} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
132 an argument that follows an option, is closely associated with that |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
133 option, and is consumed from the argument list when the option is. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
134 Often, option arguments may also be included in the same argument as |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
135 the option, e.g. : |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
136 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
137 \begin{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
138 ["-f", "foo"] |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
139 \end{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
140 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
141 may be equivalent to: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
142 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
143 \begin{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
144 ["-ffoo"] |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
145 \end{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
146 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
147 (\module{optparse} supports this syntax.) |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
148 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
149 Some options never take an argument. Some options always take an |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
150 argument. Lots of people want an ``optional option arguments'' feature, |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
151 meaning that some options will take an argument if they see it, and |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
152 won't if they don't. This is somewhat controversial, because it makes |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
153 parsing ambiguous: if \programopt{-a} takes an optional argument and |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
154 \programopt{-b} is another option entirely, how do we interpret |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
155 \programopt{-ab}? \module{optparse} does not currently support this. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
156 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
157 \term{positional argument} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
158 something leftover in the argument list after options have been |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
159 parsed, ie. after options and their arguments have been parsed and |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
160 removed from the argument list. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
161 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
162 \term{required option} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
163 an option that must be supplied on the command-line; the phrase |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
164 "required option" is an oxymoron and I personally consider it poor UI |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
165 design. \module{optparse} doesn't prevent you from implementing |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
166 required options, but doesn't give you much help at it either. See |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
167 Extending Examples (section \ref{optparse-extending-examples}) for two |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
168 ways to implement required options with \module{optparse}. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
169 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
170 \end{definitions} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
171 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
172 For example, consider this hypothetical command-line: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
173 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
174 \begin{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
175 prog -v --report /tmp/report.txt foo bar |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
176 \end{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
177 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
178 \programopt{-v} and \longprogramopt{report} are both options. Assuming |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
179 the \longprogramopt{report} option takes one argument, |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
180 ``/tmp/report.txt'' is an option argument. ``foo'' and ``bar'' are |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
181 positional arguments. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
182 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
183 \subsubsection{What are options for?\label{optparse-options}} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
184 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
185 Options are used to provide extra information to tune or customize the |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
186 execution of a program. In case it wasn't clear, options are usually |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
187 \emph{optional}. A program should be able to run just fine with no |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
188 options whatsoever. (Pick a random program from the Unix or GNU |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
189 toolsets. Can it run without any options at all and still make sense? |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
190 The only exceptions I can think of are find, tar, and dd -- all of |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
191 which are mutant oddballs that have been rightly criticized for their |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
192 non-standard syntax and confusing interfaces.) |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
193 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
194 Lots of people want their programs to have ``required options''. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
195 Think about it. If it's required, then it's \emph{not optional}! If |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
196 there is a piece of information that your program absolutely requires |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
197 in order to run successfully, that's what positional arguments are |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
198 for. (However, if you insist on adding ``required options'' to your |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
199 programs, look in Extending Examples (section |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
200 \ref{optparse-extending-examples}) for two ways of implementing them |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
201 with \module{optparse}.) |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
202 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
203 Consider the humble \program{cp} utility, for copying files. It |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
204 doesn't make much sense to try to copy files without supplying a |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
205 destination and at least one source. Hence, \program{cp} fails if you |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
206 run it with no arguments. However, it has a flexible, useful syntax |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
207 that does not rely on options at all: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
208 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
209 \begin{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
210 $ cp SOURCE DEST |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
211 $ cp SOURCE ... DEST-DIR |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
212 \end{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
213 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
214 You can get pretty far with just that. Most \program{cp} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
215 implementations provide a bunch of options to tweak exactly how the |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
216 files are copied: you can preserve mode and modification time, avoid |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
217 following symlinks, ask before clobbering existing files, etc. But |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
218 none of this distracts from the core mission of \program{cp}, which is |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
219 to copy one file to another, or N files to another directory. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
220 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
221 \subsubsection{What are positional arguments for? \label{optparse-positional-arguments}} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
222 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
223 In case it wasn't clear from the above example: positional arguments |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
224 are for those pieces of information that your program absolutely, |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
225 positively requires to run. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
226 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
227 A good user interface should have as few absolute requirements as |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
228 possible. If your program requires 17 distinct pieces of information in |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
229 order to run successfully, it doesn't much matter \emph{how} you get that |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
230 information from the user -- most people will give up and walk away |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
231 before they successfully run the program. This applies whether the user |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
232 interface is a command-line, a configuration file, a GUI, or whatever: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
233 if you make that many demands on your users, most of them will just give |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
234 up. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
235 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
236 In short, try to minimize the amount of information that users are |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
237 absolutely required to supply -- use sensible defaults whenever |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
238 possible. Of course, you also want to make your programs reasonably |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
239 flexible. That's what options are for. Again, it doesn't matter if |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
240 they are entries in a config file, checkboxes in the ``Preferences'' |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
241 dialog of a GUI, or command-line options -- the more options you |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
242 implement, the more flexible your program is, and the more complicated |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
243 its implementation becomes. It's quite easy to overwhelm users (and |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
244 yourself!) with too much flexibility, so be careful there. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
245 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
246 \subsection{Basic Usage\label{optparse-basic-usage}} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
247 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
248 While \module{optparse} is quite flexible and powerful, you don't have |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
249 to jump through hoops or read reams of documentation to get it working |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
250 in basic cases. This document aims to demonstrate some simple usage |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
251 patterns that will get you started using \module{optparse} in your |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
252 scripts. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
253 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
254 To parse a command line with \module{optparse}, you must create an |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
255 \class{OptionParser} instance and populate it. Obviously, you'll have |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
256 to import the \class{OptionParser} classes in any script that uses |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
257 \module{optparse}: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
258 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
259 \begin{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
260 from optparse import OptionParser |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
261 \end{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
262 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
263 Early on in the main program, create a parser: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
264 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
265 \begin{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
266 parser = OptionParser() |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
267 \end{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
268 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
269 Then you can start populating the parser with options. Each option is |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
270 really a set of synonymous option strings; most commonly, you'll have |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
271 one short option string and one long option string -- |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
272 e.g. \programopt{-f} and \longprogramopt{file}: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
273 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
274 \begin{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
275 parser.add_option("-f", "--file", ...) |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
276 \end{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
277 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
278 The interesting stuff, of course, is what comes after the option |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
279 strings. In this document, we'll only cover four of the things you |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
280 can put there: \var{action}, \var{type}, \var{dest} (destination), and |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
281 \var{help}. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
282 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
283 \subsubsection{The "store" action\label{optparse-store-action}} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
284 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
285 The action tells \module{optparse} what to do when it sees one of the |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
286 option strings for this option on the command-line. For example, the |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
287 action \var{store} means: take the next argument (or the remainder of |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
288 the current argument), ensure that it is of the correct type, and |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
289 store it to your chosen destination. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
290 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
291 For example, let's fill in the "..." of that last option: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
292 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
293 \begin{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
294 parser.add_option("-f", "--file", |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
295 action="store", type="string", dest="filename") |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
296 \end{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
297 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
298 Now let's make up a fake command-line and ask \module{optparse} to |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
299 parse it: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
300 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
301 \begin{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
302 args = ["-f", "foo.txt"] |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
303 (options, args) = parser.parse_args(args) |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
304 \end{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
305 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
306 (Note that if you don't pass an argument list to |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
307 \function{parse_args()}, it automatically uses \var{sys.argv[1:]}.) |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
308 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
309 When \module{optparse} sees the \programopt{-f}, it sucks in the next |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
310 argument -- ``foo.txt'' -- and stores it in the \var{filename} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
311 attribute of a special object. That object is the first return value |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
312 from \programopt{parse_args()}, so: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
313 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
314 \begin{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
315 print options.filename |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
316 \end{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
317 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
318 will print ``foo.txt''. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
319 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
320 Other option types supported by \module{optparse} are ``int'' and |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
321 ``float''. Here's an option that expects an integer argument: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
322 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
323 \begin{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
324 parser.add_option("-n", type="int", dest="num") |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
325 \end{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
326 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
327 Note that I didn't supply a long option, which is perfectly acceptable. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
328 I also didn't specify the action -- it defaults to ``store''. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
329 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
330 Let's parse another fake command-line. This time, we'll jam the |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
331 option argument right up against the option -- \programopt{-n42} (one |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
332 argument) is equivalent to \programopt{-n 42} (two arguments). : |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
333 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
334 \begin{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
335 (options, args) = parser.parse_args(["-n42"]) |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
336 print options.num |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
337 \end{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
338 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
339 will print ``42''. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
340 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
341 Trying out the ``float'' type is left as an exercise for the reader. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
342 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
343 If you don't specify a type, \module{optparse} assumes ``string''. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
344 Combined with the fact that the default action is ``store'', that |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
345 means our first example can be a lot shorter: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
346 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
347 \begin{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
348 parser.add_option("-f", "--file", dest="filename") |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
349 \end{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
350 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
351 If you don't supply a destination, \module{optparse} figures out a |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
352 sensible default from the option strings: if the first long option |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
353 string is \longprogramopt{foo-bar}, then the default destination is |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
354 \var{foo_bar}. If there are no long option strings, |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
355 \module{optparse} looks at the first short option: the default |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
356 destination for \programopt{-f} is \var{f}. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
357 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
358 Adding types is fairly easy; please refer to section |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
359 \ref{optparse-adding-types}: Adding new types. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
360 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
361 \subsubsection{Other "store_*" actions\label{optparse-other-store-actions}} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
362 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
363 Flag options -- set a variable to true or false when a particular |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
364 option is seen -- are quite common. \module{optparse} supports them |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
365 with two separate actions, ``store_true'' and ``store_false''. For |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
366 example, you might have a \var{verbose} flag that is turned on with |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
367 \programopt{-v} and off with \programopt{-q}: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
368 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
369 \begin{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
370 parser.add_option("-v", action="store_true", dest="verbose") |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
371 parser.add_option("-q", action="store_false", dest="verbose") |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
372 \end{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
373 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
374 Here we have two different options with the same destination, which is |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
375 perfectly OK. (It just means you have to be a bit careful when setting |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
376 default values -- see below.) |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
377 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
378 When \module{optparse} sees \programopt{-v} on the command line, it |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
379 sets the \var{verbose} attribute of the special {option values} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
380 object to 1; when it sees \programopt{-q}, it sets \var{verbose} to |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
381 0. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
382 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
383 \subsubsection{Setting default values\label{optparse-setting-default-values}} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
384 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
385 All of the above examples involve setting some variable (the |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
386 ``destination'') when certain command-line options are seen. What |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
387 happens if those options are never seen? Since we didn't supply any |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
388 defaults, they are all set to None. Sometimes, this is just fine |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
389 (which is why it's the default), but sometimes, you want more control. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
390 To address that need, \module{optparse} lets you supply a default |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
391 value for each destination, which is assigned before the command-line |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
392 is parsed. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
393 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
394 First, consider the verbose/quiet example. If we want |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
395 \module{optparse} to set \var{verbose} to 1 unless -q is seen, then |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
396 we can do this: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
397 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
398 \begin{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
399 parser.add_option("-v", action="store_true", dest="verbose", default=1) |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
400 parser.add_option("-q", action="store_false", dest="verbose") |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
401 \end{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
402 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
403 Oddly enough, this is exactly equivalent: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
404 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
405 \begin{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
406 parser.add_option("-v", action="store_true", dest="verbose") |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
407 parser.add_option("-q", action="store_false", dest="verbose", default=1) |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
408 \end{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
409 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
410 Those are equivalent because you're supplying a default value for the |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
411 option's \emph{destination}, and these two options happen to have the same |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
412 destination (the \var{verbose} variable). |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
413 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
414 Consider this: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
415 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
416 \begin{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
417 parser.add_option("-v", action="store_true", dest="verbose", default=0) |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
418 parser.add_option("-q", action="store_false", dest="verbose", default=1) |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
419 \end{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
420 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
421 Again, the default value for \var{verbose} will be 1: the last |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
422 default value supplied for any particular destination attribute is the |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
423 one that counts. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
424 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
425 \subsubsection{Generating help\label{optparse-generating-help}} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
426 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
427 The last feature that you will use in every script is |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
428 \module{optparse}'s ability to generate help messages. All you have |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
429 to do is supply a \var{help} value when you add an option. Let's |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
430 create a new parser and populate it with user-friendly (documented) |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
431 options: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
432 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
433 \begin{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
434 usage = "usage: %prog [options] arg1 arg2" |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
435 parser = OptionParser(usage=usage) |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
436 parser.add_option("-v", "--verbose", |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
437 action="store_true", dest="verbose", default=1, |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
438 help="make lots of noise [default]") |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
439 parser.add_option("-q", "--quiet", |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
440 action="store_false", dest="verbose", |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
441 help="be vewwy quiet (I'm hunting wabbits)") |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
442 parser.add_option("-f", "--file", dest="filename", |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
443 metavar="FILE", help="write output to FILE"), |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
444 parser.add_option("-m", "--mode", |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
445 default="intermediate", |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
446 help="interaction mode: one of 'novice', " |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
447 "'intermediate' [default], 'expert'") |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
448 \end{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
449 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
450 If \module{optparse} encounters either \programopt{-h} or |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
451 \longprogramopt{--help} on the command-line, or if you just call |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
452 \method{parser.print_help()}, it prints the following to stdout: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
453 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
454 \begin{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
455 usage: <yourscript> [options] arg1 arg2 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
456 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
457 options: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
458 -h, --help show this help message and exit |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
459 -v, --verbose make lots of noise [default] |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
460 -q, --quiet be vewwy quiet (I'm hunting wabbits) |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
461 -fFILE, --file=FILE write output to FILE |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
462 -mMODE, --mode=MODE interaction mode: one of 'novice', 'intermediate' |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
463 [default], 'expert' |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
464 \end{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
465 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
466 There's a lot going on here to help \module{optparse} generate the |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
467 best possible help message: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
468 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
469 \begin{itemize} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
470 \item the script defines its own usage message: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
471 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
472 \begin{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
473 usage = "usage: %prog [options] arg1 arg2" |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
474 \end{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
475 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
476 \module{optparse} expands "\%prog" in the usage string to the name of the |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
477 current script, ie. \code{os.path.basename(sys.argv[0])}. The |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
478 expanded string is then printed before the detailed option help. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
479 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
480 If you don't supply a usage string, \module{optparse} uses a bland but |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
481 sensible default: ``usage: \%prog [options]'', which is fine if your |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
482 script doesn't take any positional arguments. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
483 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
484 \item every option defines a help string, and doesn't worry about |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
485 line-wrapping -- \module{optparse} takes care of wrapping lines and |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
486 making the help output look good. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
487 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
488 \item options that take a value indicate this fact in their |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
489 automatically-generated help message, e.g. for the ``mode'' option: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
490 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
491 \begin{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
492 -mMODE, --mode=MODE |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
493 \end{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
494 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
495 Here, ``MODE'' is called the meta-variable: it stands for the argument |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
496 that the user is expected to supply to |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
497 \programopt{-m}/\longprogramopt{mode}. By default, \module{optparse} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
498 converts the destination variable name to uppercase and uses that for |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
499 the meta-variable. Sometimes, that's not what you want -- for |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
500 example, the \var{filename} option explicitly sets |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
501 \code{metavar="FILE"}, resulting in this automatically-generated |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
502 option description: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
503 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
504 \begin{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
505 -fFILE, --file=FILE |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
506 \end{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
507 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
508 This is important for more than just saving space, though: the |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
509 manually written help text uses the meta-variable ``FILE'', to clue |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
510 the user in that there's a connection between the formal syntax |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
511 ``-fFILE'' and the informal semantic description ``write output to |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
512 FILE''. This is a simple but effective way to make your help text a |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
513 lot clearer and more useful for end users. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
514 \end{itemize} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
515 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
516 \subsubsection{Print a version number\label{optparse-print-version}} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
517 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
518 Similar to the brief usage string, \module{optparse} can also print a |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
519 version string for your program. You have to supply the string, as |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
520 the \var{version} argument to \class{OptionParser}: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
521 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
522 \begin{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
523 parser = OptionParser(usage="%prog [-f] [-q]", version="%prog 1.0") |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
524 \end{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
525 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
526 Note that ``\%prog'' is expanded just like it is in \var{usage}. Apart from |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
527 that, \var{version} can contain anything you like. When you supply it, |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
528 \module{optparse} automatically adds a\ longprogramopt{version} option to your |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
529 parser. If it encounters this option on the command line, it expands |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
530 your \var{version} string (by replacing ``\%prog''), prints it to |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
531 stdout, and exits. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
532 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
533 For example, if your script is called /usr/bin/foo, a user might do: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
534 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
535 \begin{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
536 $ /usr/bin/foo --version |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
537 foo 1.0 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
538 $ |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
539 \end{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
540 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
541 \subsubsection{Error-handling\label{optparse-error-handling}} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
542 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
543 The one thing you need to know for basic usage is how |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
544 \module{optparse} behaves when it encounters an error on the |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
545 command-line -- e.g. \programopt{-n4x} where \programopt{-n} is an |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
546 integer-valued option. \module{optparse} prints your usage message to |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
547 stderr, followed by a useful and human-readable error message. Then |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
548 it terminates (calls \function{sys.exit()}) with a non-zero exit |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
549 status. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
550 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
551 If you don't like this, subclass \class{OptionParser} and override the |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
552 \method{error()} method. See section \ref{optparse-extending}: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
553 Extending \module{optparse}. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
554 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
555 \subsubsection{Putting it all together\label{optparse-basic-summary}} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
556 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
557 Here's what my \module{optparse}-based scripts usually look like: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
558 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
559 \begin{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
560 from optparse import OptionParser |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
561 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
562 [...] |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
563 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
564 def main (): |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
565 usage = "usage: %prog [options] arg" |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
566 parser = OptionParser(usage) |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
567 parser.add_option("-f", "--file", type="string", dest="filename", |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
568 help="read data from FILENAME") |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
569 parser.add_option("-v", "--verbose", |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
570 action="store_true", dest="verbose") |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
571 parser.add_option("-q", "--quiet", |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
572 action="store_false", dest="verbose") |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
573 [... more options ...] |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
574 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
575 (options, args) = parser.parse_args() |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
576 if len(args) != 1: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
577 parser.error("incorrect number of arguments") |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
578 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
579 if options.verbose: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
580 print "reading %s..." % options.filename |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
581 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
582 [... go to work ...] |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
583 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
584 if __name__ == "__main__": |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
585 main() |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
586 \end{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
587 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
588 \subsection{Advanced Usage\label{optparse-advanced-usage}} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
589 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
590 This is reference documentation. If you haven't read the basic |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
591 documentation in section \ref{optparse-basic-usage}, do so now. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
592 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
593 \subsubsection{Creating and populating the parser\label{optparse-creating-the-parser}} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
594 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
595 There are several ways to populate the parser with options. One way |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
596 is to pass a list of \class{Options} to the \class{OptionParser} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
597 constructor: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
598 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
599 \begin{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
600 parser = OptionParser(option_list=[ |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
601 make_option("-f", "--filename", |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
602 action="store", type="string", dest="filename"), |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
603 make_option("-q", "--quiet", |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
604 action="store_false", dest="verbose")]) |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
605 \end{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
606 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
607 (As of \module{optparse} 1.3, \function{make_option()} is an alias for |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
608 the \class{Option} class, ie. this just calls the \class{Option} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
609 constructor. A future version of \module{optparse} will probably |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
610 split \class{Option} into several classes, and |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
611 \function{make_option()} will become a factory function that picks the |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
612 right class to instantiate.) |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
613 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
614 For long option lists, it's often more convenient/readable to create the |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
615 list separately: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
616 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
617 \begin{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
618 option_list = [make_option("-f", "--filename", |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
619 action="store", type="string", dest="filename"), |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
620 # ... 17 other options ... |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
621 make_option("-q", "--quiet", |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
622 action="store_false", dest="verbose")] |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
623 parser = OptionParser(option_list=option_list) |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
624 \end{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
625 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
626 Or, you can use the \method{add_option()} method of |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
627 \class{OptionParser} to add options one-at-a-time: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
628 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
629 \begin{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
630 parser = OptionParser() |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
631 parser.add_option("-f", "--filename", |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
632 action="store", type="string", dest="filename") |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
633 parser.add_option("-q", "--quiet", |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
634 action="store_false", dest="verbose") |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
635 \end{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
636 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
637 This method makes it easier to track down exceptions raised by the |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
638 \class{Option} constructor, which are common because of the complicated |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
639 interdependencies among the various keyword arguments -- if you get it |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
640 wrong, \module{optparse} raises \exception{OptionError}. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
641 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
642 \method{add_option()} can be called in one of two ways: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
643 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
644 \begin{itemize} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
645 \item pass it an \class{Option} instance (as returned by \function{make_option()}) |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
646 \item pass it any combination of positional and keyword arguments that |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
647 are acceptable to \function{make_option()} (ie., to the \class{Option} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
648 constructor), and it will create the \class{Option} instance for you |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
649 (shown above). |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
650 \end{itemize} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
651 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
652 \subsubsection{Defining options\label{optparse-defining-options}} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
653 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
654 Each \class{Option} instance represents a set of synonymous |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
655 command-line options, ie. options that have the same meaning and |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
656 effect, but different spellings. You can specify any number of short |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
657 or long option strings, but you must specify at least one option |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
658 string. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
659 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
660 To define an option with only a short option string: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
661 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
662 \begin{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
663 make_option("-f", ...) |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
664 \end{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
665 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
666 And to define an option with only a long option string: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
667 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
668 \begin{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
669 make_option("--foo", ...) |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
670 \end{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
671 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
672 The ``...'' represents a set of keyword arguments that define |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
673 attributes of the \class{Option} object. Just which keyword args you |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
674 must supply for a given \class{Option} is fairly complicated (see the |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
675 various \method{_check_*()} methods in the \class{Option} class if you |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
676 don't believe me), but you always have to supply \emph{some}. If you |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
677 get it wrong, \module{optparse} raises an \exception{OptionError} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
678 exception explaining your mistake. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
679 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
680 The most important attribute of an option is its action, ie. what to do |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
681 when we encounter this option on the command-line. The possible actions |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
682 are: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
683 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
684 \begin{definitions} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
685 \term{store} [default] |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
686 store this option's argument. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
687 \term{store_const} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
688 store a constant value. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
689 \term{store_true} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
690 store a true value. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
691 \term{store_false} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
692 store a false value. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
693 \term{append} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
694 append this option's argument to a list. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
695 \term{count} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
696 increment a counter by one. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
697 \term{callback} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
698 call a specified function. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
699 \term{help} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
700 print a usage message including all options and the documentation for |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
701 them. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
702 \end{definitions} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
703 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
704 (If you don't supply an action, the default is ``store''. For this |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
705 action, you may also supply \var{type} and \var{dest} keywords; see |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
706 below.) |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
707 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
708 As you can see, most actions involve storing or updating a value |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
709 somewhere. \module{optparse} always creates a particular object (an |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
710 instance of the \class{Values} class) specifically for this |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
711 purpose. Option arguments (and various other values) are stored as |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
712 attributes of this object, according to the \var{dest} (destination) |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
713 argument to \function{make_option()}/\method{add_option()}. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
714 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
715 For example, when you call: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
716 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
717 \begin{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
718 parser.parse_args() |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
719 \end{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
720 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
721 one of the first things \module{optparse} does is create a |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
722 \var{values} object: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
723 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
724 \begin{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
725 values = Values() |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
726 \end{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
727 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
728 If one of the options in this parser is defined with: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
729 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
730 \begin{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
731 make_option("-f", "--file", action="store", type="string", dest="filename") |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
732 \end{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
733 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
734 and the command-line being parsed includes any of the following: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
735 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
736 \begin{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
737 -ffoo |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
738 -f foo |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
739 --file=foo |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
740 --file foo |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
741 \end{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
742 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
743 then \module{optparse}, on seeing the \programopt{-f} or |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
744 \longprogramopt{file} option, will do the equivalent of this: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
745 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
746 \begin{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
747 values.filename = "foo" |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
748 \end{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
749 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
750 Clearly, the \var{type} and \var{dest} arguments are (usually) almost |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
751 as important as \var{action}. \var{action} is the only attribute that |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
752 is meaningful for *all* options, though, so it is the most important. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
753 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
754 \subsubsection{Option actions\label{optparse-option-actions}} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
755 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
756 The various option actions all have slightly different requirements |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
757 and effects. Except for the ``help'' action, you must supply at least |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
758 one other keyword argument when creating the \class{Option}; the exact |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
759 requirements for each action are listed here. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
760 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
761 \begin{definitions} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
762 \term{store} [relevant: \var{type}, \var{dest}, \var{nargs}, \var{choices}] |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
763 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
764 The option must be followed by an argument, which is converted to a |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
765 value according to \var{type} and stored in \var{dest}. If |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
766 \var{nargs} > 1, multiple arguments will be consumed from the command |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
767 line; all will be converted according to \var{type} and stored to |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
768 \var{dest} as a tuple. See section \ref{optparse-option-types}: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
769 Option types below. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
770 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
771 If \var{choices} is supplied (a list or tuple of strings), the type |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
772 defaults to ``choice''. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
773 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
774 If \var{type} is not supplied, it defaults to ``string''. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
775 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
776 If \var{dest} is not supplied, \module{optparse} derives a |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
777 destination from the first long option strings (e.g., |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
778 \longprogramopt{foo-bar} -> \var{foo_bar}). If there are no long |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
779 option strings, \module{optparse} derives a destination from the first |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
780 short option string (e.g., \programopt{-f} -> \var{f}). |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
781 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
782 Example: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
783 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
784 \begin{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
785 make_option("-f") |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
786 make_option("-p", type="float", nargs=3, dest="point") |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
787 \end{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
788 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
789 Given the following command line: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
790 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
791 \begin{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
792 -f foo.txt -p 1 -3.5 4 -fbar.txt |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
793 \end{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
794 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
795 \module{optparse} will set: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
796 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
797 \begin{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
798 values.f = "bar.txt" |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
799 values.point = (1.0, -3.5, 4.0) |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
800 \end{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
801 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
802 (Actually, \member{values.f} will be set twice, but only the second |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
803 time is visible in the end.) |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
804 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
805 \term{store_const} [required: \var{const}, \var{dest}] |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
806 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
807 The \var{const} value supplied to the \class{Option} constructor is |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
808 stored in \var{dest}. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
809 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
810 Example: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
811 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
812 \begin{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
813 make_option("-q", "--quiet", |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
814 action="store_const", const=0, dest="verbose"), |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
815 make_option("-v", "--verbose", |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
816 action="store_const", const=1, dest="verbose"), |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
817 make_option(None, "--noisy", |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
818 action="store_const", const=2, dest="verbose"), |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
819 \end{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
820 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
821 If \longprogramopt{noisy} is seen, \module{optparse} will set: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
822 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
823 \begin{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
824 values.verbose = 2 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
825 \end{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
826 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
827 \term{store_true} [required: \var{dest}] |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
828 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
829 A special case of ``store_const'' that stores a true value |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
830 (specifically, the integer 1) to \var{dest}. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
831 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
832 \term{store_false} [required: \var{dest}] |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
833 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
834 Like ``store_true'', but stores a false value (the integer 0). |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
835 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
836 Example: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
837 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
838 \begin{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
839 make_option(None, "--clobber", action="store_true", dest="clobber") |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
840 make_option(None, "--no-clobber", action="store_false", dest="clobber") |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
841 \end{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
842 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
843 \term{append} [relevant: \var{type}, \var{dest}, \var{nargs}, \var{choices}] |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
844 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
845 The option must be followed by an argument, which is appended to the |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
846 list in \var{dest}. If no default value for \var{dest} is supplied |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
847 (ie. the default is None), an empty list is automatically created when |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
848 \module{optparse} first encounters this option on the command-line. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
849 If \samp{nargs > 1}, multiple arguments are consumed, and a tuple of |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
850 length \var{nargs} is appended to \var{dest}. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
851 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
852 The defaults for \var{type} and \var{dest} are the same as for the |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
853 ``store'' action. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
854 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
855 Example: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
856 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
857 \begin{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
858 make_option("-t", "--tracks", action="append", type="int") |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
859 \end{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
860 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
861 If \programopt{-t3} is seen on the command-line, \module{optparse} does the equivalent of: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
862 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
863 \begin{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
864 values.tracks = [] |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
865 values.tracks.append(int("3")) |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
866 \end{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
867 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
868 If, a little later on, \samp{--tracks=4} is seen, it does: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
869 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
870 \begin{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
871 values.tracks.append(int("4")) |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
872 \end{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
873 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
874 See Error handling (section \ref{optparse-error-handling}) for |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
875 information on how \module{optparse} deals with something like |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
876 \samp{--tracks=x}. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
877 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
878 \term{count} [required: \var{dest}] |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
879 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
880 Increment the integer stored at \var{dest}. \var{dest} is set to zero |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
881 before being incremented the first time (unless you supply a default |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
882 value). |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
883 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
884 Example: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
885 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
886 \begin{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
887 make_option("-v", action="count", dest="verbosity") |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
888 \end{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
889 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
890 The first time \programopt{-v} is seen on the command line, |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
891 \module{optparse} does the equivalent of: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
892 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
893 \begin{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
894 values.verbosity = 0 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
895 values.verbosity += 1 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
896 \end{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
897 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
898 Every subsequent occurrence of \programopt{-v} results in: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
899 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
900 \begin{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
901 values.verbosity += 1 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
902 \end{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
903 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
904 \term{callback} [required: \var{'callback'}; |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
905 relevant: \var{type}, \var{nargs}, \var{callback_args}, |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
906 \var{callback_kwargs}] |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
907 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
908 Call the function specified by \var{callback}. The signature of |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
909 this function should be: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
910 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
911 \begin{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
912 func(option : Option, |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
913 opt : string, |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
914 value : any, |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
915 parser : OptionParser, |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
916 *args, **kwargs) |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
917 \end{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
918 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
919 Callback options are covered in detail in section |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
920 \ref{optparse-callback-options}: Callback Options. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
921 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
922 \term{help} [required: none] |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
923 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
924 Prints a complete help message for all the options in the current |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
925 option parser. The help message is constructed from the \var{usage} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
926 string passed to \class{OptionParser}'s constructor and the \var{help} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
927 string passed to every option. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
928 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
929 If no \var{help} string is supplied for an option, it will still be |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
930 listed in the help message. To omit an option entirely, use the |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
931 special value \constant{optparse.SUPPRESS_HELP}. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
932 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
933 Example: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
934 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
935 \begin{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
936 from optparse import Option, OptionParser, SUPPRESS_HELP |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
937 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
938 usage = "usage: %prog [options]" |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
939 parser = OptionParser(usage, option_list=[ |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
940 make_option("-h", "--help", action="help"), |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
941 make_option("-v", action="store_true", dest="verbose", |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
942 help="Be moderately verbose") |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
943 make_option("--file", dest="filename", |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
944 help="Input file to read data from"), |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
945 make_option("--secret", help=SUPPRESS_HELP) |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
946 \end{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
947 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
948 If \module{optparse} sees either \longprogramopt{-h} or \longprogramopt{help} on |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
949 the command line, it will print something like the following help |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
950 message to stdout: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
951 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
952 \begin{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
953 usage: <yourscript> [options] |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
954 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
955 options: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
956 -h, --help Show this help message and exit |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
957 -v Be moderately verbose |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
958 --file=FILENAME Input file to read data from |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
959 \end{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
960 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
961 After printing the help message, \module{optparse} terminates your process |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
962 with \code{sys.exit(0)}. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
963 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
964 \term{version} [required: none] |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
965 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
966 Prints the version number supplied to the \class{OptionParser} to |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
967 stdout and exits. The version number is actually formatted and |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
968 printed by the \method{print_version()} method of |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
969 \class{OptionParser}. Generally only relevant if the \var{version} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
970 argument is supplied to the \class{OptionParser} constructor. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
971 \end{definitions} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
972 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
973 \subsubsection{Option types\label{optparse-option-types}} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
974 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
975 \module{optparse} supports six option types out of the box: \dfn{string}, |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
976 \dfn{int}, \dfn{long}, \dfn{choice}, \dfn{float} and \dfn{complex}. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
977 (Of these, string, int, float, and choice are the most commonly used |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
978 -- long and complex are there mainly for completeness.) It's easy to |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
979 add new option types by subclassing the \class{Option} class; see |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
980 section \ref{optparse-extending}: Extending \module{optparse}. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
981 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
982 Arguments to string options are not checked or converted in any way: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
983 the text on the command line is stored in the destination (or passed |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
984 to the callback) as-is. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
985 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
986 Integer arguments are passed to \function{int()} to convert them to |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
987 Python integers. If \function{int()} fails, so will |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
988 \module{optparse}, although with a more useful error message. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
989 Internally, \module{optparse} raises \exception{OptionValueError} in |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
990 \function{optparse.check_builtin()}; at a higher level (in |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
991 \class{OptionParser}) this is caught and \module{optparse} terminates |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
992 your program with a useful error message. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
993 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
994 Likewise, float arguments are passed to \function{float()} for |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
995 conversion, long arguments to \function{long()}, and complex arguments |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
996 to \function{complex()}. Apart from that, they are handled |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
997 identically to integer arguments. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
998 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
999 Choice options are a subtype of string options. A master list or |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1000 tuple of choices (strings) must be passed to the option constructor |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1001 (\function{make_option()} or \method{OptionParser.add_option()}) as |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1002 the ``choices'' keyword argument. Choice option arguments are |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1003 compared against this master list in |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1004 \function{optparse.check_choice()}, and \exception{OptionValueError} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1005 is raised if an unknown string is given. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1006 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1007 \subsubsection{Querying and manipulating your option parser\label{optparse-querying-and-manipulating}} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1008 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1009 Sometimes, it's useful to poke around your option parser and see what's |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1010 there. \class{OptionParser} provides a couple of methods to help you out: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1011 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1012 \begin{methoddesc}{has_option}{opt_str} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1013 Given an option string such as \programopt{-q} or |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1014 \longprogramopt{verbose}, returns true if the \class{OptionParser} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1015 has an option with that option string. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1016 \end{methoddesc} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1017 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1018 \begin{methoddesc}{get_option}{opt_str} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1019 Returns the \class{Option} instance that implements the option |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1020 string you supplied, or None if no options implement it. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1021 \end{methoddesc} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1022 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1023 \begin{methoddesc}{remove_option}{opt_str} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1024 If the \class{OptionParser} has an option corresponding to |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1025 \var{opt_str}, that option is removed. If that option provided |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1026 any other option strings, all of those option strings become |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1027 invalid. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1028 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1029 If \var{opt_str} does not occur in any option belonging to this |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1030 \class{OptionParser}, raises \exception{ValueError}. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1031 \end{methoddesc} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1032 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1033 \subsubsection{Conflicts between options\label{optparse-conflicts}} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1034 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1035 If you're not careful, it's easy to define conflicting options: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1036 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1037 \begin{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1038 parser.add_option("-n", "--dry-run", ...) |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1039 [...] |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1040 parser.add_option("-n", "--noisy", ...) |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1041 \end{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1042 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1043 (This is even easier to do if you've defined your own |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1044 \class{OptionParser} subclass with some standard options.) |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1045 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1046 On the assumption that this is usually a mistake, \module{optparse} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1047 1.2 and later raise an exception (\exception{OptionConflictError}) by |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1048 default when this happens. Since this is an easily-fixed programming |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1049 error, you shouldn't try to catch this exception -- fix your mistake |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1050 and get on with life. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1051 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1052 Sometimes, you want newer options to deliberately replace the option |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1053 strings used by older options. You can achieve this by calling: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1054 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1055 \begin{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1056 parser.set_conflict_handler("resolve") |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1057 \end{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1058 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1059 which instructs \module{optparse} to resolve option conflicts |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1060 intelligently. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1061 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1062 Here's how it works: every time you add an option, \module{optparse} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1063 checks for conflicts with previously-added options. If it finds any, |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1064 it invokes the conflict-handling mechanism you specify either to the |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1065 \class{OptionParser} constructor: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1066 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1067 \begin{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1068 parser = OptionParser(..., conflict_handler="resolve") |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1069 \end{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1070 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1071 or via the \method{set_conflict_handler()} method. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1072 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1073 The default conflict-handling mechanism is ``error''. The only other |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1074 one is ``ignore'', which restores the (arguably broken) behaviour of |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1075 \module{optparse} 1.1 and earlier. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1076 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1077 Here's an example: first, define an \class{OptionParser} set to |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1078 resolve conflicts intelligently: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1079 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1080 \begin{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1081 parser = OptionParser(conflict_handler="resolve") |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1082 \end{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1083 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1084 Now add all of our options: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1085 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1086 \begin{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1087 parser.add_option("-n", "--dry-run", ..., help="original dry-run option") |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1088 [...] |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1089 parser.add_option("-n", "--noisy", ..., help="be noisy") |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1090 \end{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1091 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1092 At this point, \module{optparse} detects that a previously-added option is already |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1093 using the \programopt{-n} option string. Since \code{conflict_handler |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1094 == "resolve"}, it resolves the situation by removing \programopt{-n} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1095 from the earlier option's list of option strings. Now, |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1096 \longprogramopt{dry-run} is the only way for the user to activate that |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1097 option. If the user asks for help, the help message will reflect |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1098 that, e.g.: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1099 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1100 \begin{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1101 options: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1102 --dry-run original dry-run option |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1103 [...] |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1104 -n, --noisy be noisy |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1105 \end{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1106 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1107 Note that it's possible to whittle away the option strings for a |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1108 previously-added option until there are none left, and the user has no |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1109 way of invoking that option from the command-line. In that case, |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1110 \module{optparse} removes that option completely, so it doesn't show |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1111 up in help text or anywhere else. E.g. if we carry on with our |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1112 existing \class{OptionParser}: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1113 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1114 \begin{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1115 parser.add_option("--dry-run", ..., help="new dry-run option") |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1116 \end{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1117 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1118 At this point, the first \programopt{-n}/\longprogramopt{dry-run} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1119 option is no longer accessible, so \module{optparse} removes it. If |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1120 the user asks for help, they'll get something like this: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1121 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1122 \begin{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1123 options: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1124 [...] |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1125 -n, --noisy be noisy |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1126 --dry-run new dry-run option |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1127 \end{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1128 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1129 \subsection{Callback Options\label{optparse-callback-options}} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1130 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1131 If \module{optparse}'s built-in actions and types just don't fit the |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1132 bill for you, but it's not worth extending \module{optparse} to define |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1133 your own actions or types, you'll probably need to define a callback |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1134 option. Defining callback options is quite easy; the tricky part is |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1135 writing a good callback (the function that is called when |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1136 \module{optparse} encounters the option on the command line). |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1137 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1138 \subsubsection{Defining a callback option\label{optparse-defining-callback-option}} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1139 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1140 As always, you can define a callback option either by directly |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1141 instantiating the \class{Option} class, or by using the |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1142 \method{add_option()} method of your \class{OptionParser} object. The |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1143 only option attribute you must specify is \var{callback}, the function |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1144 to call: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1145 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1146 \begin{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1147 parser.add_option("-c", callback=my_callback) |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1148 \end{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1149 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1150 Note that you supply a function object here -- so you must have |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1151 already defined a function \function{my_callback()} when you define |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1152 the callback option. In this simple case, \module{optparse} knows |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1153 nothing about the arguments the \programopt{-c} option expects to |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1154 take. Usually, this means that the option doesn't take any arguments |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1155 -- the mere presence of \programopt{-c} on the command-line is all it |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1156 needs to know. In some circumstances, though, you might want your |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1157 callback to consume an arbitrary number of command-line arguments. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1158 This is where writing callbacks gets tricky; it's covered later in |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1159 this document. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1160 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1161 There are several other option attributes that you can supply when you |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1162 define an option attribute: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1163 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1164 \begin{definitions} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1165 \term{type} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1166 has its usual meaning: as with the ``store'' or ``append'' actions, it |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1167 instructs \module{optparse} to consume one argument that must be |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1168 convertible to \var{type}. Rather than storing the value(s) anywhere, |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1169 though, \module{optparse} converts it to \var{type} and passes it to |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1170 your callback function. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1171 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1172 \term{nargs} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1173 also has its usual meaning: if it is supplied and \samp{nargs > 1}, |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1174 \module{optparse} will consume \var{nargs} arguments, each of which |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1175 must be convertible to \var{type}. It then passes a tuple of |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1176 converted values to your callback. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1177 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1178 \term{callback_args} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1179 a tuple of extra positional arguments to pass to the callback. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1180 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1181 \term{callback_kwargs} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1182 a dictionary of extra keyword arguments to pass to the callback. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1183 \end{definitions} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1184 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1185 \subsubsection{How callbacks are called\label{optparse-callbacks-called}} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1186 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1187 All callbacks are called as follows: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1188 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1189 \begin{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1190 func(option, opt, value, parser, *args, **kwargs) |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1191 \end{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1192 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1193 where |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1194 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1195 \begin{definitions} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1196 \term{option} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1197 is the \class{Option} instance that's calling the callback. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1198 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1199 \term{opt} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1200 is the option string seen on the command-line that's triggering the |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1201 callback. (If an abbreviated long option was used, \var{opt} will be |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1202 the full, canonical option string -- e.g. if the user puts |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1203 \longprogramopt{foo} on the command-line as an abbreviation for |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1204 \longprogramopt{foobar}, then \var{opt} will be |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1205 \longprogramopt{foobar}.) |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1206 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1207 \term{value} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1208 is the argument to this option seen on the command-line. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1209 \module{optparse} will only expect an argument if \var{type} is |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1210 set; the type of \var{value} will be the type implied by the |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1211 option's type (see \ref{optparse-option-types}: Option types). If |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1212 \var{type} for this option is None (no argument expected), then |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1213 \var{value} will be None. If \samp{nargs > 1}, \var{value} will |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1214 be a tuple of values of the appropriate type. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1215 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1216 \term{parser} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1217 is the \class{OptionParser} instance driving the whole thing, mainly |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1218 useful because you can access some other interesting data through it, |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1219 as instance attributes: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1220 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1221 \begin{definitions} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1222 \term{parser.rargs} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1223 the current remaining argument list, ie. with \var{opt} (and |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1224 \var{value}, if any) removed, and only the arguments following |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1225 them still there. Feel free to modify \member{parser.rargs}, |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1226 e.g. by consuming more arguments. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1227 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1228 \term{parser.largs} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1229 the current set of leftover arguments, ie. arguments that have been |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1230 processed but have not been consumed as options (or arguments to |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1231 options). Feel free to modify \member{parser.largs} e.g. by adding |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1232 more arguments to it. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1233 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1234 \term{parser.values} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1235 the object where option values are by default stored. This is useful |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1236 because it lets callbacks use the same mechanism as the rest of |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1237 \module{optparse} for storing option values; you don't need to mess |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1238 around with globals or closures. You can also access the value(s) of |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1239 any options already encountered on the command-line. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1240 \end{definitions} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1241 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1242 \term{args} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1243 is a tuple of arbitrary positional arguments supplied via the |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1244 \var{callback}_args option attribute. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1245 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1246 \term{kwargs} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1247 is a dictionary of arbitrary keyword arguments supplied via |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1248 \var{callback_kwargs}. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1249 \end{definitions} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1250 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1251 Since \var{args} and \var{kwargs} are optional (they are only passed |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1252 if you supply \var{callback_args} and/or \var{callback_kwargs} when |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1253 you define your callback option), the minimal callback function is: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1254 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1255 \begin{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1256 def my_callback (option, opt, value, parser): |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1257 pass |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1258 \end{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1259 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1260 \subsubsection{Error handling\label{optparse-callback-error-handling}} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1261 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1262 The callback function should raise \exception{OptionValueError} if |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1263 there are any problems with the option or its |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1264 argument(s). \module{optparse} catches this and terminates the |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1265 program, printing the error message you supply to stderr. Your |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1266 message should be clear, concise, accurate, and mention the option at |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1267 fault. Otherwise, the user will have a hard time figuring out what he |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1268 did wrong. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1269 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1270 \subsubsection{Examples\label{optparse-callback-examples}} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1271 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1272 Here's an example of a callback option that takes no arguments, and |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1273 simply records that the option was seen: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1274 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1275 \begin{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1276 def record_foo_seen (option, opt, value, parser): |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1277 parser.saw_foo = 1 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1278 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1279 parser.add_option("--foo", action="callback", callback=record_foo_seen) |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1280 \end{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1281 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1282 Of course, you could do that with the ``store_true'' action. Here's a |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1283 slightly more interesting example: record the fact that |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1284 \programopt{-a} is seen, but blow up if it comes after \programopt{-b} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1285 in the command-line. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1286 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1287 \begin{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1288 def check_order (option, opt, value, parser): |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1289 if parser.values.b: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1290 raise OptionValueError("can't use -a after -b") |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1291 parser.values.a = 1 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1292 [...] |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1293 parser.add_option("-a", action="callback", callback=check_order) |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1294 parser.add_option("-b", action="store_true", dest="b") |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1295 \end{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1296 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1297 If you want to reuse this callback for several similar options (set a |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1298 flag, but blow up if \programopt{-b} has already been seen), it needs |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1299 a bit of work: the error message and the flag that it sets must be |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1300 generalized. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1301 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1302 \begin{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1303 def check_order (option, opt, value, parser): |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1304 if parser.values.b: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1305 raise OptionValueError("can't use %s after -b" % opt) |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1306 setattr(parser.values, option.dest, 1) |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1307 [...] |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1308 parser.add_option("-a", action="callback", callback=check_order, dest='a') |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1309 parser.add_option("-b", action="store_true", dest="b") |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1310 parser.add_option("-c", action="callback", callback=check_order, dest='c') |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1311 \end{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1312 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1313 Of course, you could put any condition in there -- you're not limited |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1314 to checking the values of already-defined options. For example, if |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1315 you have options that should not be called when the moon is full, all |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1316 you have to do is this: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1317 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1318 \begin{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1319 def check_moon (option, opt, value, parser): |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1320 if is_full_moon(): |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1321 raise OptionValueError("%s option invalid when moon full" % opt) |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1322 setattr(parser.values, option.dest, 1) |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1323 [...] |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1324 parser.add_option("--foo", |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1325 action="callback", callback=check_moon, dest="foo") |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1326 \end{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1327 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1328 (The definition of is_full_moon() is left as an exercise for the |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1329 reader.) |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1330 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1331 \strong{Fixed arguments} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1332 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1333 Things get slightly more interesting when you define callback options |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1334 that take a fixed number of arguments. Specifying that a callback |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1335 option takes arguments is similar to defining a ``store'' or |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1336 ``append'' option: if you define \var{type}, then the option takes one |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1337 argument that must be convertible to that type; if you further define |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1338 \var{nargs}, then the option takes that many arguments. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1339 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1340 Here's an example that just emulates the standard ``store'' action: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1341 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1342 \begin{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1343 def store_value (option, opt, value, parser): |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1344 setattr(parser.values, option.dest, value) |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1345 [...] |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1346 parser.add_option("--foo", |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1347 action="callback", callback=store_value, |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1348 type="int", nargs=3, dest="foo") |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1349 \end{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1350 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1351 Note that \module{optparse} takes care of consuming 3 arguments and |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1352 converting them to integers for you; all you have to do is store them. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1353 (Or whatever: obviously you don't need a callback for this example. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1354 Use your imagination!) |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1355 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1356 \strong{Variable arguments} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1357 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1358 Things get hairy when you want an option to take a variable number of |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1359 arguments. For this case, you have to write a callback; |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1360 \module{optparse} doesn't provide any built-in capabilities for it. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1361 You have to deal with the full-blown syntax for conventional Unix |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1362 command-line parsing. (Previously, \module{optparse} took care of |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1363 this for you, but I got it wrong. It was fixed at the cost of making |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1364 this kind of callback more complex.) In particular, callbacks have to |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1365 worry about bare \longprogramopt{} and \programopt{-} arguments; the |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1366 convention is: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1367 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1368 \begin{itemize} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1369 \item bare \longprogramopt{}, if not the argument to some option, |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1370 causes command-line processing to halt and the \longprogramopt{} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1371 itself is lost. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1372 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1373 \item bare \programopt{-} similarly causes command-line processing to |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1374 halt, but the \programopt{-} itself is kept. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1375 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1376 \item either \longprogramopt{} or \programopt{-} can be option |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1377 arguments. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1378 \end{itemize} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1379 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1380 If you want an option that takes a variable number of arguments, there |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1381 are several subtle, tricky issues to worry about. The exact |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1382 implementation you choose will be based on which trade-offs you're |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1383 willing to make for your application (which is why \module{optparse} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1384 doesn't support this sort of thing directly). |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1385 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1386 Nevertheless, here's a stab at a callback for an option with variable |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1387 arguments: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1388 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1389 \begin{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1390 def varargs (option, opt, value, parser): |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1391 assert value is None |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1392 done = 0 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1393 value = [] |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1394 rargs = parser.rargs |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1395 while rargs: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1396 arg = rargs[0] |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1397 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1398 # Stop if we hit an arg like "--foo", "-a", "-fx", "--file=f", |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1399 # etc. Note that this also stops on "-3" or "-3.0", so if |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1400 # your option takes numeric values, you will need to handle |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1401 # this. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1402 if ((arg[:2] == "--" and len(arg) > 2) or |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1403 (arg[:1] == "-" and len(arg) > 1 and arg[1] != "-")): |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1404 break |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1405 else: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1406 value.append(arg) |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1407 del rargs[0] |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1408 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1409 setattr(parser.values, option.dest, value) |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1410 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1411 [...] |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1412 parser.add_option("-c", "--callback", |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1413 action="callback", callback=varargs) |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1414 \end{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1415 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1416 The main weakness with this particular implementation is that negative |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1417 numbers in the arguments following \programopt{-c} will be interpreted |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1418 as further options, rather than as arguments to \programopt{-c}. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1419 Fixing this is left as an exercise for the reader. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1420 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1421 \subsection{Extending \module{optparse}\label{optparse-extending}} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1422 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1423 Since the two major controlling factors in how \module{optparse} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1424 interprets command-line options are the action and type of each |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1425 option, the most likely direction of extension is to add new actions |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1426 and new types. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1427 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1428 Also, the examples section includes several demonstrations of |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1429 extending \module{optparse} in different ways: eg. a case-insensitive |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1430 option parser, or two kinds of option parsers that implement |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1431 ``required options''. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1432 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1433 \subsubsection{Adding new types\label{optparse-adding-types}} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1434 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1435 To add new types, you need to define your own subclass of |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1436 \module{optparse}'s \class{Option} class. This class has a couple of |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1437 attributes that define \module{optparse}'s types: \member{TYPES} and |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1438 \member{TYPE_CHECKER}. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1439 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1440 \member{TYPES} is a tuple of type names; in your subclass, simply |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1441 define a new tuple \member{TYPES} that builds on the standard one. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1442 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1443 \member{TYPE_CHECKER} is a dictionary mapping type names to |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1444 type-checking functions. A type-checking function has the following |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1445 signature: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1446 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1447 \begin{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1448 def check_foo (option : Option, opt : string, value : string) |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1449 -> foo |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1450 \end{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1451 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1452 You can name it whatever you like, and make it return any type you |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1453 like. The value returned by a type-checking function will wind up in |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1454 the \class{OptionValues} instance returned by |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1455 \method{OptionParser.parse_args()}, or be passed to callbacks as the |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1456 \var{value} parameter. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1457 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1458 Your type-checking function should raise \exception{OptionValueError} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1459 if it encounters any problems. \exception{OptionValueError} takes a |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1460 single string argument, which is passed as-is to |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1461 \class{OptionParser}'s \method{error()} method, which in turn prepends |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1462 the program name and the string ``error:'' and prints everything to |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1463 stderr before terminating the process. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1464 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1465 Here's a silly example that demonstrates adding a ``complex'' option |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1466 type to parse Python-style complex numbers on the command line. (This |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1467 is even sillier than it used to be, because \module{optparse} 1.3 adds |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1468 built-in support for complex numbers [purely for completeness], but |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1469 never mind.) |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1470 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1471 First, the necessary imports: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1472 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1473 \begin{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1474 from copy import copy |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1475 from optparse import Option, OptionValueError |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1476 \end{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1477 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1478 You need to define your type-checker first, since it's referred to |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1479 later (in the \member{TYPE_CHECKER} class attribute of your |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1480 \class{Option} subclass): |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1481 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1482 \begin{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1483 def check_complex (option, opt, value): |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1484 try: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1485 return complex(value) |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1486 except ValueError: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1487 raise OptionValueError( |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1488 "option %s: invalid complex value: %r" % (opt, value)) |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1489 \end{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1490 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1491 Finally, the \class{Option} subclass: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1492 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1493 \begin{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1494 class MyOption (Option): |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1495 TYPES = Option.TYPES + ("complex",) |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1496 TYPE_CHECKER = copy(Option.TYPE_CHECKER) |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1497 TYPE_CHECKER["complex"] = check_complex |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1498 \end{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1499 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1500 (If we didn't make a \function{copy()} of |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1501 \member{Option.TYPE_CHECKER}, we would end up modifying the |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1502 \member{TYPE_CHECKER} attribute of \module{optparse}'s Option class. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1503 This being Python, nothing stops you from doing that except good |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1504 manners and common sense.) |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1505 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1506 That's it! Now you can write a script that uses the new option type |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1507 just like any other \module{optparse}-based script, except you have to |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1508 instruct your \class{OptionParser} to use \class{MyOption} instead of |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1509 \class{Option}: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1510 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1511 \begin{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1512 parser = OptionParser(option_class=MyOption) |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1513 parser.add_option("-c", action="store", type="complex", dest="c") |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1514 \end{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1515 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1516 Alternately, you can build your own option list and pass it to |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1517 \class{OptionParser}; if you don't use \method{add_option()} in the |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1518 above way, you don't need to tell \class{OptionParser} which option |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1519 class to use: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1520 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1521 \begin{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1522 option_list = [MyOption("-c", action="store", type="complex", dest="c")] |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1523 parser = OptionParser(option_list=option_list) |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1524 \end{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1525 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1526 \subsubsection{Adding new actions\label{optparse-adding-actions}} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1527 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1528 Adding new actions is a bit trickier, because you have to understand |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1529 that \module{optparse} has a couple of classifications for actions: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1530 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1531 \begin{definitions} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1532 \term{"store" actions} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1533 actions that result in \module{optparse} storing a value to an attribute |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1534 of the OptionValues instance; these options require a 'dest' |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1535 attribute to be supplied to the Option constructor |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1536 \term{"typed" actions} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1537 actions that take a value from the command line and expect it to be |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1538 of a certain type; or rather, a string that can be converted to a |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1539 certain type. These options require a 'type' attribute to the |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1540 Option constructor. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1541 \end{definitions} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1542 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1543 Some default ``store'' actions are ``store'', ``store_const'', |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1544 ``append'', and ``count''. The default ``typed'' actions are |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1545 ``store'', ``append'', and ``callback''. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1546 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1547 When you add an action, you need to decide if it's a ``store'' action, |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1548 a ``typed'', neither, or both. Three class attributes of |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1549 \class{Option} (or your \class{Option} subclass) control this: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1550 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1551 \begin{memberdesc}{ACTIONS} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1552 All actions must be listed as strings in ACTIONS. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1553 \end{memberdesc} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1554 \begin{memberdesc}{STORE_ACTIONS} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1555 "store" actions are additionally listed here. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1556 \end{memberdesc} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1557 \begin{memberdesc}{TYPED_ACTIONS} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1558 "typed" actions are additionally listed here. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1559 \end{memberdesc} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1560 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1561 In order to actually implement your new action, you must override |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1562 \class{Option}'s \method{take_action()} method and add a case that |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1563 recognizes your action. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1564 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1565 For example, let's add an ``extend'' action. This is similar to the |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1566 standard ``append'' action, but instead of taking a single value from |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1567 the command-line and appending it to an existing list, ``extend'' will |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1568 take multiple values in a single comma-delimited string, and extend an |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1569 existing list with them. That is, if \longprogramopt{names} is an |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1570 ``extend'' option of type string, the command line: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1571 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1572 \begin{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1573 --names=foo,bar --names blah --names ding,dong |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1574 \end{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1575 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1576 would result in a list: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1577 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1578 \begin{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1579 ["foo", "bar", "blah", "ding", "dong"] |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1580 \end{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1581 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1582 Again we define a subclass of \class{Option}: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1583 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1584 \begin{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1585 class MyOption (Option): |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1586 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1587 ACTIONS = Option.ACTIONS + ("extend",) |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1588 STORE_ACTIONS = Option.STORE_ACTIONS + ("extend",) |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1589 TYPED_ACTIONS = Option.TYPED_ACTIONS + ("extend",) |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1590 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1591 def take_action (self, action, dest, opt, value, values, parser): |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1592 if action == "extend": |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1593 lvalue = value.split(",") |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1594 values.ensure_value(dest, []).extend(lvalue) |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1595 else: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1596 Option.take_action( |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1597 self, action, dest, opt, value, values, parser) |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1598 \end{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1599 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1600 Features of note: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1601 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1602 \begin{itemize} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1603 \item ``extend'' both expects a value on the command-line and stores that |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1604 value somewhere, so it goes in both \member{STORE_ACTIONS} and |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1605 \member{TYPED_ACTIONS}. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1606 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1607 \item \method{MyOption.take_action()} implements just this one new |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1608 action, and passes control back to \method{Option.take_action()} for |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1609 the standard \module{optparse} actions. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1610 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1611 \item \var{values} is an instance of the \class{Values} class, which |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1612 provides the very useful \method{ensure_value()} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1613 method. \method{ensure_value()} is essentially \function{getattr()} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1614 with a safety valve; it is called as: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1615 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1616 \begin{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1617 values.ensure_value(attr, value) |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1618 \end{verbatim} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1619 \end{itemize} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1620 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1621 If the \member{attr} attribute of \var{values} doesn't exist or is |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1622 None, then \method{ensure_value()} first sets it to \var{value}, and |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1623 then returns \var{value}. This is very handy for actions like |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1624 ``extend'', ``append'', and ``count'', all of which accumulate data in |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1625 a variable and expect that variable to be of a certain type (a list |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1626 for the first two, an integer for the latter). Using |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1627 \method{ensure_value()} means that scripts using your action don't |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1628 have to worry about setting a default value for the option |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1629 destinations in question; they can just leave the default as None and |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1630 \method{ensure_value()} will take care of getting it right when it's |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1631 needed. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1632 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1633 \subsubsection{Other reasons to extend \module{optparse}\label{optparse-extending-other-reasons}} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1634 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1635 Adding new types and new actions are the big, obvious reasons why you |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1636 might want to extend \module{optparse}. I can think of at least two |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1637 other areas to play with. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1638 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1639 First, the simple one: \class{OptionParser} tries to be helpful by |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1640 calling \function{sys.exit()} when appropriate, ie. when there's an |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1641 error on the command-line or when the user requests help. In the |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1642 former case, the traditional course of letting the script crash with a |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1643 traceback is unacceptable; it will make users think there's a bug in |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1644 your script when they make a command-line error. In the latter case, |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1645 there's generally not much point in carrying on after printing a help |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1646 message. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1647 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1648 If this behaviour bothers you, it shouldn't be too hard to ``fix'' it. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1649 You'll have to |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1650 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1651 \begin{enumerate} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1652 \item subclass OptionParser and override the error() method |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1653 \item subclass Option and override the take_action() method -- you'll |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1654 need to provide your own handling of the "help" action that |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1655 doesn't call sys.exit() |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1656 \end{enumerate} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1657 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1658 The second, much more complex, possibility is to override the |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1659 command-line syntax implemented by \module{optparse}. In this case, |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1660 you'd leave the whole machinery of option actions and types alone, but |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1661 rewrite the code that processes \var{sys.argv}. You'll need to |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1662 subclass \class{OptionParser} in any case; depending on how radical a |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1663 rewrite you want, you'll probably need to override one or all of |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1664 \method{parse_args()}, \method{_process_long_opt()}, and |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1665 \method{_process_short_opts()}. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1666 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1667 Both of these are left as an exercise for the reader. I have not |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1668 tried to implement either myself, since I'm quite happy with |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1669 \module{optparse}'s default behaviour (naturally). |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1670 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1671 Happy hacking, and don't forget: Use the Source, Luke. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1672 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1673 \subsubsection{Examples\label{optparse-extending-examples}} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1674 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1675 Here are a few examples of extending the \module{optparse} module. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1676 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1677 First, let's change the option-parsing to be case-insensitive: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1678 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1679 \verbatiminput{caseless.py} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1680 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1681 And two ways of implementing ``required options'' with |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1682 \module{optparse}. |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1683 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1684 Version 1: Add a method to \class{OptionParser} which applications |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1685 must call after parsing arguments: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1686 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1687 \verbatiminput{required_1.py} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1688 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1689 Version 2: Extend \class{Option} and add a \member{required} |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1690 attribute; extend \class{OptionParser} to ensure that required options |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1691 are present after parsing: |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1692 |
|
a2f17f4a6a22
SF #642236, optparse LaTeX docs by Johannes Gijsbers
Neal Norwitz <nnorwitz@gmail.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1693 \verbatiminput{required_2.py} |
